37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 63.37" high.
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.
A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.
Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.
The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.
A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.
A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.
A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.
The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
Bid #: 962 14 17.34
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer
ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.
Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer
CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.
The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with blue LED lights. The lights will be activated when the marker lights are on and the parking brake is applied.
The LED lights may be load managed.
0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.
One (1) light for the left side cab access steps.
Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.
Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.
One (1) light for the right side cab access step.
In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of
1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf
FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab
0734681 Compt, 16.50 W x 25.50 H x 15 D,
Ea Side C/C, Sgl Pan, 70" SFR/Enf
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.
The compartments will be 16.50" wide x 25.50" high x 15.00" deep.
The doors will be two (2) reverse hinged single pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch, one (1) on each side of the cab. A pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door will be used as a doorstop.
The compartment interior will be painted to match the cab interior.
Compartment Light
There will be two (2) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) horizontally above each compartment door opening.
0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer
CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted to match the cab interior.
The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
Bid #: 962 15 17.35
0797232 Cab Interior, Imperial 1200, UL-LX,
Basic Level, Enforcer
CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of aluminum to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.
The following items will be sprayed with dark gray polyurethane/polyurea elastomer abrasive resistant material. The abrasive resistant material will be properly sprayed by an authorized ULLX® dealer.
Officer side dash
Glove box in front of officer (if applicable)
Power distribution in front of officer
Engine tunnel
Fluid check access door
Scuffplate on bottom rear of engine tunnel
Evaporator drain tubes
Permanent seat risers
Riser cover behind driver and officer seats
For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.
Headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be Imperial 1200 vinyl coated polyester. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.
Forward portion of cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.
All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. Routing through holes in tubing will not be accepted due to chaffing that installation will cause.
CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be gray woven with black. 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer
CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted gray, vinyl texture paint.
The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer
CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.
The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.
Bid #: 962 16 17.36
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15,
CARE
DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.
Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:
One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.
One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.
Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.
The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.
The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.
Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure to be used to transfer heat to the forward positions.
Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.
A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted #10 white.
The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.
The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.
The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.
The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.
The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.
Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:
Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.
Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.
Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:
Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.
The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.
Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.
The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.
The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.
Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.
The system controller will be located within panel position #12.
Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.
No pumps will be provided.
0624005 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, AXT, Qtm,
SFR/Enf
SUN VISORS
There will be two (2) Imperial 1200 covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.
There will be a polished stainless steel bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer
GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.
These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.
Bid #: 962 17 17.37
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT
ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.
The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.
The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0002508 Map Box, 3 Bin/30 deg Slant, Custom
Chassis
MAP BOX
There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open at top. The map box(es) will be installed at final inspection. The map box(es) will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box(es) will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Belted Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be four (4).
0636957 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf
DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632923 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf
OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0771805 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 34
H x 26.75 D, Lap, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.
The cabinet will be 23.00" wide x 34.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) lap door hinged on the inboard side, painted to match the cab interior with two (2) non-locking flush lift and turn latches.
The interior clear door opening of the cabinet will be 16.00" wide x 31.50" high.
The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 29.25" high.
The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.
The cabinet will include no louvers.
The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.
The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
Bid #: 962 18 17.38
0767426 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 34
H x 26.75 D, Lap, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.
The cabinet will be 22.00" wide x 34.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) lap door hinged on the inboard side, painted to match the cab interior with two (2) non-locking flush lift and turn latches.
The clear door opening of the cabinet will be 15.00" wide x 31.50" high.
The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.
The cabinet will include no louvers.
The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x
29.25" high.
The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.
The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.
Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0632949 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf
FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0819956 Cabinet, Fwd Fcng, Ctr, 32 W x 40 H
x 28 D, Web, SFR/Enf
FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.
The cabinet will be 32.00" wide x 40.00" high x 28.00" deep. The interior door will be web netting.
The netting will be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings permanently fastened on the top with 1.00" cam buckle fasteners on the bottom to secure it. The clear door opening will be 29.50" wide x 37.00" high.
The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 1.25" flanged down lippainted to match the cab interior.
The cabinet will include no louvers.
The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.
Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0632875 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf
FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0566653 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout
Tuff
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be gray Turnout Tuff material. 0511471 No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer
SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.
The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.
The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.
Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.
To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.
There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
Bid #: 962 19 17.39
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.
The color of the LED's will be red and white.
The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.
The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.
All dome lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards per seating position.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts
ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.
The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series,
Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling
Mount
MAP LIGHT
There will be one (1) Sunnex®, HS76*-00, halogen map light(s) with swivel joint base provided in the cab and located officer left shoulder area. Each map light will have a rectangular base with an on/off switch.
The light(s) will also be provided with no additional accessory.
The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0727913 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model
20**4GT, LED, 2 Lts
CAB SPOTLIGHT
There will be two (2) Golight, Model 20**4GT, white LED spotlights located on the cab roof, in front of the windshield, MATCH 28118. ALSO THE BRACKETS NEED .25" DRAIN HOLE IN EACH BOTTOM CORNER FOR DRAINAGE. The spotlights will be mounted on visor brackets.
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0650030 Controller, Spotlight, Golight, Wired
Dash Mount, 2 Lts
Spotlight Controller
There will be one (1) wired dash mounted remote provided for each spotlight. 0649967 Location, Spotlight Controller, Driver
and Officer, 2 Lts
Spotlight Controller Locations
The remotes to control the spotlights will be located one (1) within reach of the driver and one (1) within reach of the officer.
0827521 SP Handlts, (4) Koehler, BrightStar,
Responder 520318, light & charger,
12vdc
HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four (4) Koehler, Model 520318, hand held lights with high-viz green bodies and 12 volt charger units mounted match 28118, with the exception of the officer side light. Match the officer side with the provided photo..
The chargers will be hard wired to the chassis battery system. 0681751 Handlight, Streamlight, E- Flood
LiteBox, 45805 LED, 12v Charger,
Orange
HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be two (2) lights Streamlight E-Flood LiteBox, Model 45805, LED hand lights with the orange thermoplastic body and dual rear LEDs provided. These will be mounted top of the crew cab CENTER FORWARD FACING EMS compartment, leave loose until the final inspection.
The light will be provided with a 12 volt charger.
0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX
CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.
Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:
Voltmeter gauge (volts):
Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
Bid #: 962 20 17.40
Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.
Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.
The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:
Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:
Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:
High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.
Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.
Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.
Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.
Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.
Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.
Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the Bid #: 962 21 17.41
panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.
Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.
The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.
Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.
Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.
Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.
Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.
Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.
Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.
Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.
Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.
High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.
Emergency switching will be controlled by a single emergency master switch that controls all emergency warning lights except those specified to have a dedicated switch.
An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.
Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.
Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.
The diagnostic panel will include the following:
Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.
The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:
Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX
AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
Bid #: 962 22 17.42
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,
DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).
The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):
Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX
SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.
Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.
The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer
WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located above the ignition switch. 0820897 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
2nd NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying 15 amps
Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0820906 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying 15 amps
Power and ground will terminate DRIVER SIDE X 2, INSIDE CENTER FORWARD FACING
COMPARTMENT PER THE PROVIDED PIC
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
Bid #: 962 23 17.43
0820907 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be seven (7) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying 15 amps
Power and ground will terminate EACH BODY COMPARTMENT, LEAVE LOOSE WITH A 6' COIL
Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0723827 SP Radio, AM/FM/Media Receiver,
Pioneer MVH-S720BHS
AM/FM/MEDIA RECEIVER
There will be one (1) Pioneer, Model MVH-S720BHS Digital Media Receiver with Enhanced Audio Functions, Pioneer Smart Sync App Compatibility, MIXTRAX®, Built-in Bluetooth®, HD Radio™ and SiriusXM-Ready™mounted in the cab per switch panel layout.
There will be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab.
Antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.
The information center will have the following specifications:
Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.
Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.
If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:
An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.
A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.
Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:
Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):
Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.
Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:
Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Bid #: 962 24 17.44
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.
The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.
The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.
Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.
Bid #: 962 25 17.45
0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7
COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degrees Celsius to 85 degrees Celsius.
The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.
While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.
While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.
The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.
Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor
VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.
The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.
The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:
Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.
The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:
Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
FAULT = Blue LED indicator illuminated
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:
The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.
The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Instrument Panel
Area
RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be four (4) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed two on each side per AD on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714
VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:
One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.
The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.
The following components will be included:
One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0674566 Location, Rear Vision Camera
REAR CAMERA LOCATION
The rear camera will be located centered under the rear upper step, mounted on the rear body wall per the provided picture. .
0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM Bid #: 962 26 17.46
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.
Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.
Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.
Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.
Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.
The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.
For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:
Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:
Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.
Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.
On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.
TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.
The module will communicate through a white WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.
The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.
The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.
The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.
Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.
Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.
The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.
Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
Bid #: 962 27 17.47
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.
EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.
The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.
EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.
The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.
Prognostics will include the following:
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX
ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.
Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.
Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.
Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.
Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.
Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).
All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.
All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.
All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.
An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.
The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.
Bid #: 962 28 17.48
0079205 Batteries, (5) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, (1) Iso Bat, Threaded
Stud
BATTERY SYSTEM
Five (5) 12 volt, Stryten/Exide, Model 31S950X3W, group 31 batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Rating of 4750 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
950 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.
The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance.
ISOLATED BATTERY
One (1) 12 volt, Exide, Model 31S950X3W, battery will be provided for voltage sensitive components. A battery isolator appropriately suited for the battery capacity will be supplied. 0615563 Battery System, Single Start, Kissling
Red Switch, Saber FR/Enforcer
BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.
MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a Kissling, red master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.
An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer
BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.
Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.
Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.
JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0806076 Charger, Sngl Sys, Blue Sea P12,
7532, 40 Amp
BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Blue Sea Model P12, battery charger provided.
The charger will have a maximum output of 40 amps and a fully automatic regulation.
The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to the battery charger.
0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. 0812519 Panel, Charger Display, Blue Sea,
7517
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Blue Sea™, Battery Charger Display Model 7517 included. 0814942 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat with Bracket
The battery charger indicator will be located near the driver's seat riser with special bracketry. 0782026 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Blue Sea Sure
Eject 7851
SHORELINE INLET
There will be one (1) Blue Sea Sure Eject™ part number 7851, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.
The shoreline will be connected to battery charger and engine heater.
The shoreline inlet cover color to be red.
The connector body will be released from the inlet when the apparatus engine start button is activated.
There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.
There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:
Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab.
Bid #: 962 29 17.49
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI
ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0818490 SP Wiring, Customer Installed Solar
Panel & Controller, Sunforce
Crystalline w/Cntl
CUSTOMER SOLAR PANEL WIRING
Wiring/circuit protection will be installed to accommodate a customer installed one (1) Sunforce® Crystalline, Model 37150, 150 watt 12V DC solar panel provided on the cab roof MATCH 28118 AND PHOTO IN JOB FOLDER and one (1) Sunforce®, Model 60032, 12V DC 30 amp digital solar charge controller provided in the cab located MATCH 28118 AND PHOTO IN JOB FOLDER.
There will be a disconnect switch located MATCH 28118 AND PHOTO IN JOB FOLDER provided to activate the charging of the chassis batteries.
0784767 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.
The load manager system will be activated when the battery switch is on , the parking brake is applied and a switch in the cab on the switch panel is on.
The system will include the following features:
System voltage monitoring
A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.
Eight available electronic load shedding levels.
Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.
High Idle to activate 30 seconds after engine start up and activate "Load Man Hi-Idle On" label on the information center where applicable, before any electric loads are deactivated.
Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.
The information center indicates system voltage.
The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:
Load managed list, with priority levels and item condition.
Individual load managed item condition:
ON = not shed
SHED = shed
SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.
Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.
When the emergency master switch is activated, the individually switched emergency light groups will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.
When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.
Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:
Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel
HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.
The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab
DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.
The color of the lenses will be clear.
Bid #: 962 30 17.50
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts
INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following:
Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.
Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical.
Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical.
The lights will be installed without guards.
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.
The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts
REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:
To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.
Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg
REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:
Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.
The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt
LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.
One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights
LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights.
Bid #: 962 31 17.51
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040
BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr
CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights. 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts
PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED weatherproof strip lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.
The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.
The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated, a switch within reach of the passenger is activated, the parking brake is applied and either directional light is activated, activating all side facing perimeter lights with a 10 second delay after directional is deactivated.
0617802 Lights, Perimeter, TecNiq T10-LC00-
1 15" LED
ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 1.25" high x 15.00" long white LED light(s) provided under UNDER LS1 AND RS1.
These additional lights will be controlled with the other body perimeter lights. 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts
ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.
The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw
STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.
These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.
All steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.
The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be white.
The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.
These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0727946 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
RS Cab, Mt Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the cab roof located, RS CAB ROOF OVER THE OFFICER DOOR. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts.
The light(s) will include the following:
Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.
The lights will be activated per the following:
The amber marker lights not activated.
The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
Bid #: 962 32 17.52
0727947 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
LS Cab, Mt Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, LS CAB ROOF OVER THE DRIVER DOOR. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts.
The light(s) will include the following:
Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.
The lights will be activated per the following:
The amber marker lights not activated.
The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, RS CATWALK OUTBOARD AS FAR AS POSSIBLE, CENTERED OVER RS2. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.
The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.
The lights will be activated per the following:
The amber marker lights not activated.
The scene LEDs will be controlled by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s).
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, LS CATWALK OUTBOARD AS FAR AS POSSIBLE, CENTERED OVER LS2. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.
The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.
The lights will be activated per the following:
The amber marker lights not activated.
The scene LEDs will be controlled by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774336 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) with flood optics installed on the apparatus located, rear bulkhead as high as possible.
The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.
The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.
The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a recessed cup located at the driver's side rear bulkhead.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED
4lts
LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area.
Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover, as close to the hinge as practical.
Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover, as close to the hinge as practical.
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose
Bed Cover, Overall Height
Restrictions
WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be eight (8) P25 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome housing provided on the hose bed cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges evenly spaced four (4) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on.
Bid #: 962 33 17.53
0060115 Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd
Gen
0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"
0028244 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med
WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.
Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.
Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.
Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.
Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.
All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.
Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.
Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.
Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.
A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.
Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.
Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.
Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.
Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.
Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.
Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly
Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.
Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.
An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0662467 Modified Poly Tank, Raised Tee, One
Side
0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill
0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve
0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist
0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute
0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0126633 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of 0.125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength.
Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish will not be acceptable.
The upper area at the rear of the hose bed will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.
Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
Bid #: 962 34 17.54
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special
Hose bed will accommodate 200' of 2.50" DJ hose, 400' of 1.50" forestry hose, 800' of 4.00" DJ hose, 200' of 1.75" DJ hose, 800' of 2.50" DJ hose.
0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted
HOSE BED DIVIDER
Four (4) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.
Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge.
Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.
Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.
Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0815195 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Bolted T-Bar
HOSE BED COVER
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary modular bridgework support.
The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.
The cover is designed with the left cover opening first.
If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.
Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.
The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0807414 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl,
Rear, Separate From Top, Split 2-
Sec, Seat Belt
HOSE RESTRAINT REAR
At the rear of the hose bed, a black vinyl flap will be provided. The vinyl flap will be split into two sections HB REAR. The vinyl flap will be provided with permanent strap footman loop at the bottom of the hose bed. The top of the vinyl flap will be attached to the top of the hosebed with seat belt buckles. The seat belt buckles will be provided with no tether release. The vinyl flap will be provided with hook and loop between each section. The bottom of the flap will be not weighted.
If a strap is provided, the color of the strap will be N/A. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed
A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep
RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate.
Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.
Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced 0.50" away from the pump panel.
A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689621 Tailboard, 16" Deep TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.
The tailboard area will be 16.00" deep.
The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0818176 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material, 16" Inset
REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.
The center rear wall will be inset 16" from the body bulkhead rear walls.
Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0889214 Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper
REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.
The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.
REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard.
The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.
The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques.
Bid #: 962 35 17.55
0590934 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Straps, FV Fastener
RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with 2.00" side release fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board.
0014112 Tray, Hose, Running Board, Special
Capacity, Predefined
HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays will be recessed one (1) in each side running board.
Capacity of the tray will be 25' of 5.00" hose.
Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
0895820 Construction, Compt, Alum, 2G
Pumper
COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of 0.125", 5052-H32 aluminum.
Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.
Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.
Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.
The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.
Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.
The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.
Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.
Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.
All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.
UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.
The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.
Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body.
Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system.
Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.
All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50K steel plate material or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat or equivalent to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.
The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.
Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.
The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.
A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable.
AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.
LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.
Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.
The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:
Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.
Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.
Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.
Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.
Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement.
Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request.
Bid #: 962 36 17.56
0023650 LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER
LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.
A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower
25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.75" wide x 56.88" high.
A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high.
A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.
The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.
The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0063658 RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER
RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.
A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower
25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.75" wide x 56.88" high.
A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high.
A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.
The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.
The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side
Compartments
SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.
Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.
The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.
Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.
The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.
Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.
A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.
All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.
Each rollup door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.
The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".
A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0083701 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 44.50" FF,
25.88" D
REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.
The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 47.38" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.
A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.
The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.
The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 37.63" high.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
Bid #: 962 37 17.57
0594003 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment
ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.
The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.
The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.
The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.
Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.
The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.
Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.
A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.
All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.
The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.
The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".
A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995 No Body Modification Required
0632487 Guard, Switch, Rollup Door, Stainless
Steel
GUARD FOR DOOR SWITCH
There will be 16 gauge stainless steel guard(s) provided to protect the roll up door switch(s) from loose equipment inside the compartments. There will be one (1) compartment door located RS3 that include these guards.
0625184 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Pumper
DOOR GUARD
There will be seven (7) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed left side rearward compartment, left side over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment and rear compartment. 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker
COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s).
Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.
Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0761022 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Amdor AYLB-12HW020 Brkt CARGO/DUNNAGE AREA LIGHTING There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 20.00" 12 volt DC strip light(s) with white LEDs and 45 degree aluminum housing to illuminate the cargo area. The light(s) will be located, rear wall centered.
The light will be activated when the battery switch is on and the body step lights are activated. 0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted
MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS3 and B1.
These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be nine (9) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.
The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.
Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.
The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.
The location(s) will be in LS1 at the depth transition point, in RS1 at the transition point, in RS3 at the transition point to the right of partition, in RS3 in the upper third to the right of the partition, in LS2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS3 centered between the floor and ceiling, in B1 in the lower third, in LS1 in the upper third and in B1 in the upper third.
Bid #: 962 38 17.58
0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides
SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.
Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.
Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.
There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.
To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.
To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.
Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.
Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.
The location(s) will be RS1 and LS1.
0725642 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 36" Wide, 24"
Deep
DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed LS3.
The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 3.00" with a face plate that is
4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed
36.00".
The drawers will have a capacity of 250 lb.
The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.
A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.
There will be a total of one (1) provided.
0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0726403 Partition, Vertical Compt, Special
Height
VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (1) partition will be bolted in from the transition to the top . Each partition will be RS3 12" from the forward door frame vertical height of the compartment. Each partition will be painted spatter gray.
0502687 Matting, Dri-Deck, Compartment
Trays and Shelves
MATTING, COMPARTMENT TRAYS AND SHELVES
Dri-Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided in the compartments on 11 compartment trays and shelves. The compartment trays and shelves locations will be: all compartments.
The Dri-Deck will be black, and .562" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. 0006118 Matting, Dri-Deck w/Bevel,
Compartment Floor only
MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Dri-Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided in four (4) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS2, RS 2 RS3, B1.
The Dri-Deck will be black and .562" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. The leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. 0755538 Toolboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Full Height Compt
TOOLBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum toolboard (no holes) spatter gray painted installed on the back wall of two (2) compartment(s). The toolboard will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks.
Retainers will be used to mount the toolboard to the tracks. The toolboard will be installed the full height of the back wall. Toolboard will be installed in the following compartment(s): RS1 and RS2. 0755528 Toolboard, Alum, .188", No Holes,
Back Wall Mounted, Special
TOOLBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum toolboard (no holes) spatter gray painted installed on the back wall of two (2) compartment(s). The toolboard will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks.
Retainers will be used to mount the toolboard to the tracks. The toolboard will be located in the LS3 and RS3 and mounted RS3 BACK WALL REAR OF THE VERTICAL PARTITION AND LS3 BACK WALL ABOVE THE SHELF.
0024016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body
RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.
Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.
The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
Bid #: 962 39 17.59
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner
BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.
BODY FENDER LINER
A aluminum painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0816944 Hose, Hard Suction, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.
There will be Two (2) lengths of 10' long x 3.00" diameter hose provided and equipped with long handle couplings provided on the ends.
0035476 Troughs, HSH, LS, Aluminum,
Double
HOSE TROUGHS
Troughs for hard suction hose will be provided on top of the left side body compartments.
Troughs will be V-shaped and located side by side. The hose will be held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps.
Troughs will be constructed of aluminum and painted job color. 0621021 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print, Hansen Knurled Alum Tubing,
LED Backlit
HANDRAILS
The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.
Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.
Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.
Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0625975 Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen
Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED
Backlit
HANDRAILS
One (1) Hansen LED lit knurled aluminum vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail.
The handrail will be lit with a blue LED light. The hand rail will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.
0795985 Handrails, Rear, (2) Below Hose
Bed, Hansen, Knurled Aluminum LED
Backlit
Two (2) horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.
The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls. 0004154 Handrail, Extra - 10" Long
ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (2) handrails, 10.00" long, will be mounted TOP FRONT OF THE HOSEBED SHEET PER THE AD. The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0519354 Handrail, Extra - 12"
ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
One (1) handrail, 12.00" long, will be mounted DS vertical upright of rear hose bed per AD. The handrail(s) will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0622393 Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of two (2) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located on the left side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side forward of the rear wheels. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and 5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole.
Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.
A polished stainless steel hinged door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
Bid #: 962 40 17.60
0654143 Compt, Air Bottle, Single,Tri Door
(DEF/Fuel), Fender Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of one air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door will cover the air bottle opening, the DEF tank access, and fuel fill. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section
EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. 0787027 Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS,
Extended Rear, Enclosed, RPH,
Special Mounting
LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments.
The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges.
The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body.
Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides.
If the apparatus does not have a flush rear wall, an aluminum enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders. This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments.
The ladders will be stored fly section inboard.
The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D-handle latch to access the ladders.
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A
FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0733796 Trough, Folding Ladder, Ladder
Storage Btwn Tank & S.Sht
FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for folding ladders stored between the side sheet in a stainless steel trough in the ladder storage compartment. 0892606 SP Compt w/Door, Stokes Basket
Storage, Top of 4-Way Hose Bed
Cover, Liftup Door
STOKES BASKET COMPARTMENT
A stokes basket compartment will be mounted to the top of the bright aluminum treadplate hose bed cover on the left side. The compartment will be fabricated of bright aluminum treadplate and will have a bright aluminum treadplate lift-up door at the rear. The compartment(s) will be sized for a stokes basket 84.00" long x 25.00" wide x 9.00" high. 0816920 Pike Pole, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.
There will be one (1) pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 10' pike pole. 0760175 Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, Btwn
Tank & S.Sht Ladder Storage
PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated on the right side for One (1) pike pole 8' or longer pike poles with a 0.75" standard notch, stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment.
Bid #: 962 41 17.61
0816918 Pike Pole, 6', Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.
There will be one (1) 6' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 6' pike pole. 0760247 Tube, Pike Pole 6', Btwn Tank &
S.Sht Ladder Storage
PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for One (1) pike pole with a 0.75" standard notch stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident
FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side and right side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.
The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface.
The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.
The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592995 Steps, Combo Folding Trident w/LED
& Corner, Rear Body
REAR STEPS
Aluminum treadplate corner steps and bright finished, non-skid folding steps will be provided at the rear. The folding steps will have a a black tread coating. Each folding step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The folding steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. All steps will provide adequate surface for stepping. 0650261 I Zone Bracket, Pair, Folding Style
I-ZONE BRACKETS
Two (2) flip-out I-Zone brackets will be provided and mounted at the rear of the apparatus, as shown on AD. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning).
0019940 Step, Special Width, Rear Of Body,
8.00"
An 8.00" deep bright aluminum treadplate step will be provided at the rear of the body above the rear compartment.
0007575 Pump House, Side Control, 48",
Control Zone
PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation.
The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.
The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.
Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.
PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.
LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified.
Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.
The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:
The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.
The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.
All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.
The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.
IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.
All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.
All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.
All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.
The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.
Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets.
Bid #: 962 42 17.62
0037731 Pump House Structure, Raised,
Included with Ladder Storage
0679683 Bracket, Monitor Tip Support,
Connected to Do Not Move Truck
A bracket will be provided to support the monitor tip. The bracket will be fabricated of steel and painted to match the apparatus.
The bracket will be wired to the "Do not move apparatus" light in the cab to indicate if the monitor tip is not in the stowed position when the parking brake is released. 0004415 Pump, Waterous, CS, 1250 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CS, 1250 gpm, single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.
Pump will be the class "A" type.
Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).
Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.
Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize a chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.
Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.
The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.
Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support.
Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004482 Seal, Mechanical, Waterous
Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.
The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.
In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.
Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 0816447 Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.
Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By using a chain rather than gears, 50 percent of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.
Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only
PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous
AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.
Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".
The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.
The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
Bid #: 962 43 17.63
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System
AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746501 Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 150 psig.
The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi.
The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.
The relief valve pressure control will be located behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door.
0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD,
Custom Chassis
PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.
A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.
The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to Pressure Setting mode.
In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).
In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.
When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.
A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.
Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.
A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.
Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.
The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits.
The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation.
The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.
The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions -
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.
These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.
The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0024543 Primer, Hale, ESP Motor, (1) PVG
Valve, (1) T-Handle Control, For An
Other Pump
ESP PRIMING PUMP
Priming pump will be a positive displacement vane type, electrically driven, and conforming to the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the priming motor.
Primer will be environmentally safe and self lubricating.
Bid #: 962 44 17.64
0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve
RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies
PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone
PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.
Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.
Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.
All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.
All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.
All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System
FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump
MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All
SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0730368 Valve, Ball Intake, TFT, AX Series INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE Two (2) Task Force Tips (TFT) AX Series aluminum ball intake valve(s) will be provided at EACH INLET.
The inlet connection will be 1SP (4.0" Rigid Storz) with a cap with a matching cap and the outlet connection will be NX (6.0" Threaded Swivel). There will be an eight-position adjustable 30 degree swiveling detent elbow on the inlet side of the ball intake valve.
The ball intake valve will be controlled with a(n) standard crank on the left side.
If ball intake valve is to be controlled with a manual handwheel, the handwheel will be controlled with a NFPA compliant slow-close hand wheel. A position indicator will be provided to allow for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position.
If the ball intake valve is to be electrically controlled, the ball intake valve will be controlled by a remote panel-mounted push-button switch with LED lights for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position. The push button switch will be mounted on the pump operator's panel.
The ball intake valve will be equipped with a standard adjustable pressure relief valve. The relief valve will have a working range of 90 PSI to 300 PSI.
A 0.75" TFT bleeder/drain valve will be provided on the ball intake valve to exhaust excess air or water from the valve.
For corrosion protection the aluminum casting will have a hard coat anodized finish, with a powder coated internal and external finish. All the components facing the wet side of the valve will be constructed from stainless steel.
0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,
NST, VLH
MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.
The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All
VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.
Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel.
Bid #: 962 45 17.65
0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve
INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"
LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.
The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"
RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.
The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets
ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested
0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required
0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet
0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested
0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle
INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.
The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.
The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.
The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage
TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.
The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.
A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"
TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable
DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.
If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.
Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA
16.7.5.3. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
Bid #: 962 46 17.66
0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,
2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH
LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.
The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH
RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.
The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0816625 Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side,
Akron Valve
LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron 8800 4.00" flat ball valve with 4.00" plumbing terminating with a 4.00" MNST chrome adapter on the right side pump panel.
The valve will be controlled with a(n) Pierce large handwheel with indicator located at the pump operator's panel.
0035197 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,
3.00" FNST x 4.00" Storz
LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The 3.00" outlet will be furnished with a 3.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap.
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper.
Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.
There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0649925 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/ 2" Plumbing,
Additional
ADDITIONAL FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the right side of the front bumper.
Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" full flow valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.
There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"
REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,
2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH
REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.
The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
Bid #: 962 47 17.67
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0004990 Outlet, Front HB, 2.50" w/2.50"
Plumbing
FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet discharge(s) piped to the front of the hose bed and located driver side - bay 1. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping with a 2.50" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The discharge(s) will terminate with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain
DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru
3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.
Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.
The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle
OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.
The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.
The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.
The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.
Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.
The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0048403 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge Riser, Akron
Valve, w/Handwheel, w/Foam
System ByPass
DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel.
This outlet will have two (2) supply lines teed together to allow proper water flow in the water only operation and the water/foam operation. The water only piping will consist of a 3.00" ball valve.
The water/foam piping will include a 2.50" ball valve and it will be plumbed into the foam system.
The outlet will include an Akron valve with a handwheel control. 0543605 Monitor, Akron 3431 Hi-Riser and 4"
storz Inlet Grd Base
MONITOR
An Akron Model 3431 Apollo Hi-Riser monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. A fixed mounting base and a portable base with one (1) 4.00" Storz inlet will be provided.
A position sensor will be provided on the monitor that will activate the "do not move apparatus" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position.
The monitor will be painted to match the lower body.
0046968 Nozzle, Akron 2499, Quad Stacked
Tips and 3488 Shaper
NOZZLE, DELUGE
Akron model #2499 Quad Stacked pyrolite deluge tips will be provided.
The tip sizes will be 1.375", 1.50", 1.75", and 2.00".
This will include an Akron 3488 pyrolite stream shaper. 0005072 Deluge Mount, 3" ANSI 4 Bolt Flange
The deluge riser will have a 3.00" four (4)-bolt flange for mounting the monitor. 0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required
0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required
0723394 Speedlays, Not Required
Bid #: 962 48 17.68
0029167 Crosslays Sngl Sheet Unpainted,
(2+) 1.50", Std. Cap
CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of
1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.
Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.
The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.
The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.
Vertical scuffplates constructed of polished stainless steel will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.
Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay
0591138 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Vinyl, Strap Fasteners, Each Side,
Ends
CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
There will be black vinyl end flap provided across each end of three (3) crosslay/deadlay opening (s) to secure the hose during travel. Each vinyl end flap will be permanently attached at the top of the crosslay/deadlay opening(s). 1.00" web straps will loop through footman loops at the opposite end of the permanently attached vinyl. They will be attached with 1.00" cam buckle fasteners. 0029260 Not Required, Speedlays
0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0615255 Cover, Crosslay, 3/16" Alum
Treadplate, Front Hinge
CROSSLAY COVER
A hinged .19" aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.
The cover will be provided with no stay arm device hold open device.
The hinge will be to the front of the hose beds.
0019853 Crosslays, 8.00" Lower Than
Standard - Control Zone w/9.00"
Raised PH
CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD
The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard.
0092844 Deadlay(s), Special Cap.
DEADLAY HOSE BED
One (1) deadlay bed without plumbing, will be provided above the pump compartment capable of carrying match previous unit 28118.
Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). The bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate.
FRONT OF CROSSLAYS
Deadlay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Right Side
BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus. The reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.
A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.
Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.
0011060 Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Pump
Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.
An electric rewind control switch will be installed on the reel side pump panel. 0075300 Hose, Booster - 100' of 1.00"/800 PSI
Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 100 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.
Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0025244 Capacity, Hose Reel 100' of 1"
Capacity of the hose reel will be 100 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0692346 Nozzle, Elkhart Chief 4000-03, 1.00"
w/Pistol Grip
An Elkhart, model 4000-03, booster hose nozzle with pistol grip will be provided.
Bid #: 962 49 17.69
0021954 Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim
HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be one (1) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted LS PUMP HOUSE TOP.
Bid #: 962 50 17.70
0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent,
Multi Select Feature
HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky® 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.
Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.
The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.
System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent
300 gpm @ 1 percent
600 gpm @ 0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in 0.1 percent increments from 0.1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).
Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operator's panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.
The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.
Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states.
The indications will be:
Solid Green - System On
Solid Red - Valve Position Error
Solid Yellow - Priming System
Flashing Green - Injecting Foam
Flashing Red - Low Tank Level
Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank
The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.
Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit.
Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.
A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump.
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.
External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the onboard foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank.
Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap.
Pick-Up Hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.
Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to the deluge foam bypass, hose reel in right side of dunnage area, left rear outlet, front crosslay, rear crosslay and right side outlet.
System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor
Bid #: 962 51 17.71
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3
SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water
FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn
FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2
0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain
0738072 Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not
Required
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone
PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl
PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. 0721772 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Side Control
PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be removable.
Panel Fastener
The right side removable panel will be secured using a black lift and turn latch .
The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.
The right side lower panel (drain bank) will be secured using screws. 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White
PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. 0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pierce Pressure Controller
Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green
THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
Bid #: 962 52 17.72
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green
OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0049174 Compartment, Cab Lift Control, Pump
Panel, S/S Door
COMPARTMENT, CAB LIFT CONTROL PANEL
A compartment will be provided at the pump panel, right side. This compartment will be large enough to house the control panel for the cab lift. A stainless steel door will be provided. 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi
VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated.
The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.
Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.
The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.
Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have
0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label.
This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi
PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1 interlube filled.
They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.
Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.
Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.
The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.
This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0536428 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.
To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25%, and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.
The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.
0084763 Gauge, Ernst Sight Water Level,
w/Red Ball, IATS
WATER LEVEL GAUGE, ADDITIONAL
An additional water level gauge will be provided. An Ernst sight tube water level indicator with a floating red ball will be mounted on the gauge panel with an unrestricted view for the operator. 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"
CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operators panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.
The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.
The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED
Stp Lt
STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operator's panel.
There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.
One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.
The switch panel will be lit when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator illumination when first approaching the control panel.
All step lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
Bid #: 962 53 17.73
0682498 Light Shield/Step 8", PS LED, P25
LED Stp Lt
ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the passenger's side pump panel.
There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.
All step lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0508020 Air Horn, (1) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper
AIR HORN SYSTEM
One (1) Hadley round air horn with 6.00" bell will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606840 Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left
Side, Inside Frame (Pos #5)
Air Horn Location
The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, inside of the frame rail. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select
Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757077 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, LS
Left side lanyard. The lanyard to be a nylon rope.
0757080 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS
Right side foot switch
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring
Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0006129 Siren, Code 3 3672, 100W or 200W ELECTRONIC SIREN A "Code 3", model 3672, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.
This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0692039 Location, Electronic Siren, Center
Console Electronic siren head will be located in the center console. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601375 Speaker, (1) Code 3, PB100C,
Chrome
SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Code 3®, Model PB100C, speaker with chrome finish provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601560 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Inside Frame
(Pos 3)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, inside of the frame rail. 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B
AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.
The Q2B will be chrome finish.
The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.
The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper in the center. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select
MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS
Right side foot switch
Bid #: 962 54 17.74
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch. 0736691 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, LS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the left side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0032018 Bracket, Wedge Style, Foot Switches BRACKET, FOOT SWITCHES A wedge style bracket will be provided on the driver and officer's side of cab floor.
Each bracket will be large enough to hold the foot switches picked in this order, in the following location:
one (1) footswitch on the driver side and two (2) footswitches on the officer side, 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0773930 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 92",
RRRWRWRsr_Opt_srRWRWRRR
FRONT Zone UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 92.00" Whelen® Freedom IV lightbar mounted on the cab roof.
The lightbar will include the following:
one (1) red flashing LED module in the left side end position one (1) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position one (1) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position one (1) white flashing LED module in the left side second front position one (1) red flashing LED module in the left side third front position one (1) white flashing LED module in the left side fourth front position one (1) red flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position one (1) steady red LED module in the left side sixth front position one (1) open in the left side seventh front position
one (1) 795 traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the front center positions one (1) open in the right side seventh front position
one (1) steady red LED module in the right side sixth front position one (1) red flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position one (1) white flashing LED module in the right side fourth front position one (1) red flashing LED module in the right side third front position one (1) white flashing LED module in the right side second front position one (1) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position one (1) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position one (1) red flashing LED module in the right side end position There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.
The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller will be activated by a cab switch with emergency master control there will be a driver's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller
The four (4) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.
The six (6) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0734071 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6** LED, Q Bzl, 4lts
LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
There will be four (4), Whelen® Model M6** 4.32" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights in twin bezels.
The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs The left side inside warning light to include red LEDs
The right side inside warning light to include red LEDs The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs The warning light lens color(s) to be clear
The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome The lights may be controlled per the following:
A switch on the cab instrument panel will control the lights White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied Amber LEDs will be activated when the parking brake is applied Amber, blue green or red LEDs in the inside positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied
0558676 Daytime Running Lights, Headlights,
Qtm, Vel/Imp, Enf/AXT-MUX, DCF
(Low Beam)
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS)
The low-beam headlights used as daytime running lights will be activated with the following measures:
Ignition switch is turned on
Parking brake is released
These lights will be deactivated with any one of the following measures:
Headlight switch is turned on
High-beam flash is turned on
Parking brake is set
Bid #: 962 55 17.75
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.
There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.
The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, M6**, 6Lts
SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:
Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.
Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.
Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.
The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing
REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.
The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is clear.
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED
REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2* LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side.
The color of the lights will be:
The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.
The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.
All lenses will be clear.
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0006615 Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Compt Top The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertails as high as possible. 0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65
36" Long LED
TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAM65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.
The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation.
The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.
The auxiliary flash not activated.
0529858 Location, TDL, Recessed Within
Treadplate Step
This traffic directing light will be recessed within a treadplate step at the rear of the apparatus. 0530281 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Center Console in Sw Pnl
The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console.
The controller will be within easy reach of the driver. 0810757 Light Twr, W-B Chf NS1.8-300 WHL,
2-P*H2 12VDC Lts Cld 6'
LIGHT TOWER
There will be one (1) Will-Burt, Model NS1.8-2 WHL, light tower provided.
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model P*H2, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light heads with a combination of flood and spot optics included on this tower.
The painted parts of the light tower and the light heads to be white.
This tower will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab.
The lights included on this tower may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0664472 Location, Light Tower, Crew Cab
Roof
Light Tower Location
The light tower will be installed on the crew cab roof. 0617750 Controller, Lt Twr, W-B, Wired
Hndhld, E-STOP Chf, Chf Pr, Pow Pr
Light Tower Controller
There will be one (1) handheld wired controller included.
Bid #: 962 56 17.76
0664791 Location, Light Tower Controller,
Driver's Side Front Body
Compartment
Light Tower Controller Location
The light tower controller will be installed in the driver's side front body compartment. 0775556 Receptacle, 15A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr SB
Dup, Surge Prot Shoreline
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with blue interior cover plate installed RS3 PER PROVIDED PICTURE in stage 7. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be 5-15R. The blue face on the receptacle plate will be provided to indicate the receptacle is surge protected.
The receptacle will absorb a transient surge of 500 volts minimum. A damage alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer functioning and keeps sounding until the receptacle is repaired.
A power on indicator light indicates that power is available and the suppression circuit is in operation.
The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet.
There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept
NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:
One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.
Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the
6.00" (152 mm) band.
Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.
NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.
One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.
Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.
One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).
Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.
Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.
Two (2) hydrant wrenches.
One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.
One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.
One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.
Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).
One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose
SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
0821565 Strainer, Provided by Fire
Department, Pumper NFPA/ULC
2024 Classification
STRAINER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 8.3 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 requires a suction strainer when suction hose is provided.
The strainer is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the suction strainer.
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department
DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept
WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
Bid #: 962 57 17.77
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department
FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department
PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton
PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:
Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.
Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.
Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.
Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.
Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.
Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.
Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.
After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.
All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.
The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.
Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:
Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.
Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.
Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.
Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.
Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.
Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.
Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.
Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer
TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #10 white and the lower section painted #90 red. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.
There will be no cab shield provided.
Bid #: 962 58 17.78
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. 0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard
PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:
Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:
Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels FRONT WHEELS PAINT
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #90 red. 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle REAR WHEELS PAINT All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #90 red. 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs
AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray
COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544124 Reflective Band, 1"-4"-1"
REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a
4.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom. 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face
The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper
REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.
The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade.
Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior
CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.
This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective
0686159 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", (41-60)
LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
Bid #: 962 59 17.79
0686013 Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each
LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 24 letters provided.
0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each
LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be eight (8) letters provided.
0686033 Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each
LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 21 letters provided.
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom
FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.
The manual(s) will contain the following:
Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.
The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom
CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.
The manual will contain the following sections:
Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom
CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181
ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201
STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal.
Bid #: 962 60 17.80
0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384
SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188
CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203
COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187
TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.
Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216
TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195
WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185
ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.
The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382
PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.
A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231
FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal.
Bid #: 962 61 17.81
0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196
VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808564 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027
ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098
POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189
CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:
SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.
European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.
SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.
Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.
Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.
Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137
CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132
WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133
ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
Bid #: 962 62 17.82
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134
SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.
The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175
PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.
Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition
AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.
The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:
Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.
A written load analysis, which will include the following:
The nameplate rating of the alternator.
The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:
Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:
Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.
Each individual intermittent load.
All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO
0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN
0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP
0020009 POLY TANK
0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
Bid #: 962 63 17.83
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES
0020015 ABS SYSTEM
0658751 PUMPER BASE
Bid #: 962 64 17.84
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Right Side 0.00 36.00 0.00 0024543 Primer, Hale, ESP Motor, (1) PVG Valve, (1) T-Handle Control, For An Other Pump
0.00 275.00 0.00
0079205 Batteries, (5) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, (1) Iso Bat, Threaded Stud
0.00 3.00 0.00
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 0.80 0.00
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White 0.00 0.72 0.00 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim
0.00 0.60 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"
0.00 0.00 1.23
0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent, Multi Select Feature 0.00 55.00 0.00 0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series, Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling Mount
0.00 0.00 1.56
0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer
0.00 26.00 0.00
0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 180.00 0.00 0681751 Handlight, Streamlight, E- Flood LiteBox, 45805 LED, 12v Charger, Orange
0.00 0.00 1.40
0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0723827 Radio, AM/FM/Media Receiver, Pioneer MVH-S720BHS 0.00 0.00 10.00 0727913 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model 20**4GT, LED, 2 Lts 0.00 0.00 7.40 0727946 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, RS Cab, Mt Fet 0.00 0.00 7.20 0727947 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, LS Cab, Mt Fet 0.00 0.00 7.20 0734681 Compt, 16.50 W x 25.50 H x 15 D, Ea Side C/C, Sgl Pan, 70" SFR/Enf
0.00 0.00 0.00
0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body 0.00 0.00 10.80 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body 0.00 0.00 10.80 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0810757 Light Twr, W-B Chf NS1.8-300 WHL, 2-P*H2 12VDC Lts Cld 6' 0.00 0.00 23.44 0812519 Panel, Charger Display, Blue Sea, 7517 0.00 0.05 0.00 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0818490 Wiring, Customer Installed Solar Panel & Controller, Sunforce Crystalline w/Cntl
0.00 25.00 0.00
0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC
0.00 6.00 0.00
0820897 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 2nd NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 15.00 0820906 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 45.00 0820907 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 105.00 0827521 Handlts, (4) Koehler, BrightStar, Responder 520318, light & charger, 12vdc
0.00 0.00 2.00
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0774336 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0006129 Siren, Code 3 3672, 100W or 200W NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0023650 LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0063658 RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0083701 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 44.50" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pierce Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0536428 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing
NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 4/3/2025
Bid #: 962
Santa Cruz FD 1500 gpm Pumper (similar to 43417) Sales Rep:
Organization:
Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:
Job #:
Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
17.85 Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0617802 Lights, Perimeter, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED NFPA 1.56 0.00 0.00 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0625975 Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED Backlit
NFPA 1.00 1.00 2.00
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0662965 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door
NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00
0682498 Light Shield/Step 8", PS LED, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 3.85 0.00 0.00 0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 4.00 0.00 0.00 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD, Custom Chassis NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0734071 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6** LED, Q Bzl, 4lts NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts NFPA 5.40 8.10 0.00 0761022 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 Brkt NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0767426 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 34 H x 26.75 D, Lap, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00
0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0771805 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 34 H x 26.75 D, Lap, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.68 0.68 0.00
0773930 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 92",
RRRWRWRsr_Opt_srRWRWRRR
NFPA 6.48 5.16 9.92
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0784767 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65 36" Long LED NFPA 1.26 2.52 0.00 0795985 Handrails, Rear, (2) Below Hose Bed, Hansen, Knurled Aluminum LED Backlit
NFPA 0.50 0.50 1.00
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808497 Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0819956 Cabinet, Fwd Fcng, Ctr, 32 W x 40 H x 28 D, Web, SFR/Enf NFPA 0.40 0.40 0.00 0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions
NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 97.16 787.65 396.85
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 4/3/2025
Bid #: 962
Santa Cruz FD 1500 gpm Pumper (similar to 43417) Sales Rep:
Organization:
Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:
Job #:
Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
17.86 Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 253.00
Demand: 97.16
Variance: 155.84
Total Connected Load
Supply: 369.00
Demand: 368.01
Variance: 0.99
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 253.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 369.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 4/3/2025
Bid #: 962
Santa Cruz FD 1500 gpm Pumper (similar to 43417) Sales Rep:
Organization:
Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:
Job #:
Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
17.87 Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 962 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Department: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.
Wheel Offset: 5.25 in.
Tread Width: 16.3 in.
Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.
Additional Bumper Depth: 16 in.
Front Overhang: 81.95 in.
Wheelbase: 187.5 in.
Calculated Turning Radii:
Inside Turn: 14 ft. 6 in.
Curb to curb: 28 ft. 6 in.
Wall to wall: 32 ft. 7 in.
Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.
Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 04/03/2025
Category Option Description
Axle, Front, Custom 0629940 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front 0890369 Wheels, Front, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot Bumpers 0630342 Bumper, 16" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer Tires, Front 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply
17.88 Definitions:
Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.
Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.
Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.
Tread Width Width of the tire tread.
Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.
Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.
Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.
Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.
Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.
Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.
17.89 JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT
WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 17.90
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:
The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:
Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
17.91 Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
17.92 Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.
Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user.
Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.
Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.
These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.
Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.
Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.
Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.
Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.
Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.
Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.
Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.
Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.
Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.
Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.
Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.
Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.
Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.
Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
17.93 exhaust fluid.
This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.
Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.
Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.
Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.
Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.
A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder.
Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.
CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.
CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY
SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE
WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.
Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.
Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.
If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.
Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.
Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.
Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.
Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.
17.94 Cummins Inc.
Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
©2001 Cummins Inc.
CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Cummins Inc.
Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
2001 Cummins Inc.
17.95 17.96
17.97 17.98
17.99 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This warranty applies to the frame rails only, crossmembers are excluded.
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/10/2024 WA0013
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
17.100
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
17.101
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
17.102
CUMMINS-MERITOR
COMMERCIAL
VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY
COVERAGE FOR THE
UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
17.103
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul.......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency................................................................................... 12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service................................................................................... 15 Terms and Conditions................................................................................ 17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:
Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).
Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
17.104
3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.
Linehaul Typically Is:
High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).
Note:Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
LINEHAUL
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
17.105
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak75 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 5
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.
LINEHAUL
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
17.106
5 LINEHAUL
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.
Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. 4
Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).
Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
17.107
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:
Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.
GENERAL SERVICE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
17.108
7 GENERAL SERVICE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect. 2
Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. 3
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.
Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
17.109
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 4 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 6
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.
TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH9462 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.
Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)2
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty3 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings4 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor. 3 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
GENERAL SERVICE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
17.110
9 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles
Airport Rescue Fire
Fighting (ARFF)
Airport Shuttle1
Asphalt Truck
Block Truck
Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
Cementing Vehicle
Commercial Pick-Up
Concrete Pumper
Construction Material Hauler
Mixer
Demolition
Drill Rig
Dump
Equipment Hauling
Flatbed Trailer Hauler
Flatbed Truck
Fracturing Truck
Front Loader
Geophysical Exploration
Hopper Trailer Combinations
Landscaping Truck
Liquid Waste Hauler
Log Hauling
Lowboy
Michigan Special Gravel
Train
Michigan Special Log Hauler
Michigan Special Steel
Hauler
Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Municipal Dump
Rear Loader (Refuse)
Recycling Truck
Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
Rigging Truck
Roll-Off
Scrap Truck
Semi-End Dump
Sewer/Septic Vacuum
Shuttle Bus1
Side Loader
Snowplow/Snowblower
Steel Hauling
Tanker
Tank Truck
Tractors with Pole Trailers
Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
Transfer Dump
Transfer Vehicle
Utility Truck
Winch Truck
1 Commercial chassis only
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
Typically Is:
Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) On/off-road vocations (10% or more off-road)
Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
17.111
10 Rear Drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-14X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-14X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
RC-26-633
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164/P2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.
Front Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-14-120 EVO
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-23-810
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
17.112
11 Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake4 2/100/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.
Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.
Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings2 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3203
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
17.113
12 Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Aerial Ladder Truck
Aerial Platform
Ambulance
Command Vehicle
Crash Fire Rescue
Pumper
Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
Tanker
Fire and Emergency Typically Is:
Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year)
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-1851
RS-25-160
1 2/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-3802
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810
FIRE AND EMERGENCY
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.
Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
17.114
13 PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
FIRE AND EMERGENCY
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™1 2/Unl/P&L
1 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.
Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P
17.115
14 Transit Bus Vehicles
Airport Shuttle
City Bus
Commuter Coach
Shuttle Bus
Transit Bus Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is:
Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
FH-946 FH-9411 MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake2 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 2 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.
Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946
Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
MC-26000 71063 79063
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538
TRANSIT BUS
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.
Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
17.116
15 Industrial and Off-Highway Service Vehicles
Load-On/Load-Off
Port Tractor
Rail Yard Spotter
Roll-On/Roll-Off
Stevedoring Tractor
Trailer Spotter
Yard Jockey
All and Rough
Terrain Cranes
Forestry
Material Handling
Specialized Heavy
Haul
Excavator
Compactor
Fertilizer Spreader
Snow Blower
Mining and
Specialized Mining
Rail Car Mover
Loader
Tow Tractor
Pushback Tractor
Industrial and Off-Highway Service Typically Is:
Low mileage operation
Low speed vehicle speed restriction
Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
FS-25
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
1 2/Unl/P for LO/LO Terminal Tractor applications
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P
MT-14X1
RS-23-186
RS-23-380
RS-24-160
RS-30-185
RS-30-380
RT-1451
RT-1601
OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
17.117
16 Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
RPL MXL
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
17.118
17 Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.
For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by nonCummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.
Front Axles1
Linehaul – King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L
All Other Vocations – King Pin Bushings Excluded
1 King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations.
Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.
ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.
Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.
Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).
Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details.
Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.
Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by CumminsMeritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.
Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.
Rear Axles
The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.
Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.
STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.
Terms and Conditions
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.
Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component.
Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.
For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
17.119
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify CumminsMeritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.
A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify CumminsMeritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins-Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor’s option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies
In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement
This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Cummins Inc.
Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
cummins.com
SP-95155
Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24
©2024 Meritor, Inc.
17.120
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH
<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
17.121
WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.
MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
17.122
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker
LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES
LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
17.123
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck
HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES
HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION
HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
17.124
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE
TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.
INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications
17.125
ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB1367.
COVERAGE LIMITATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.
Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.
For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.
TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).
AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.
AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.
17.126
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.
Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.
Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.
Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.
Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle inservice date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial inservice date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM
EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET
FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF
LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR
LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
17.127
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT
DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE
PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION
OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH
SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF
THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.
17.128
About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.
ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.
17.129
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
17.130
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:
Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.
Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
17.131
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
17.132
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) months Warranty Period
Ends After:
Warranty Begins: The date of delivery.
This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
17.133
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:
This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
Ten (10) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
17.134
NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY
PARTICIPATING OEM SALES
DISTRIBUTOR SALES
LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS
USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations.
WHAT IS COVERED
WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.” OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:
Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).
If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.
APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE
WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)
ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE
APPLICABLE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge